blob: fb83cabd2df98cca7a823051e8838bbc7f5c5364 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000019#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
20#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
Daniel Dunbarcc7b1602008-08-11 03:45:03 +000021#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
30// Standard Promotions and Conversions
31//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
32
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000033/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
34void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
35 QualType Ty = E->getType();
36 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
37
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000038 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
39 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000040 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
41 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
42 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
43 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
44 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
45 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
46 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +000047 //
48 // C++ 4.2p1:
49 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
50 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
51 //
52 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
53 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000054 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
55 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000056}
57
58/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
59/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
60/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
61/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
62/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
63Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
64 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
65 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
66
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000067 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
68 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
69 else
70 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
71
72 return Expr;
73}
74
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +000075/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
76/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
77/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
78void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
79 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
80 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
81
82 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
83 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
84 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
85 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
86
87 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
88}
89
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +000090// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
91// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
92void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT)
93
94{
95 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
96
97 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
98 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
99 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
100 Expr->getType() << CT;
101 }
102}
103
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
106/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
107/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
108/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
109/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
110/// GCC.
111QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
112 bool isCompAssign) {
113 if (!isCompAssign) {
114 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
115 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
116 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000117
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000118 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
119 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000120 QualType lhs =
121 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
122 QualType rhs =
123 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000124
125 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
126 if (lhs == rhs)
127 return lhs;
128
129 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
130 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
131 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
132 return lhs;
133
134 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
135 if (!isCompAssign) {
136 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
137 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
138 }
139 return destType;
140}
141
142QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
143 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
144 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
145 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
146 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
147 // equivalent.
Douglas Gregor3d4492e2008-11-13 20:12:29 +0000148 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) lhs = Context.IntTy;
149 else lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
150 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) rhs = Context.IntTy;
151 else rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000152
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000153 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
154 if (lhs == rhs)
155 return lhs;
156
157 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
158 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
159 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
160 return lhs;
161
162 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
163
164 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
165 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
166 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
167 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
168 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169 return lhs;
170 }
171 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
172 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173 return rhs;
174 }
175 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
176 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
177 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
178 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
179 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
180 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
181 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
182 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
183 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
184 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
185 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
186
187 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
188 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
190 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191 }
192 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
193 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
194 // does not require this promotion.
195 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
196 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 return rhs;
198 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199 return lhs;
200 }
201 }
202 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
203 }
204 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
205 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
206 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000207 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000208 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000209 return lhs;
210 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000211 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
212 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
213 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
214 }
215 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000217 return rhs;
218 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000219 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
220 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
221 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
222 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000223 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
224 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
225 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
226
227 if (result > 0) { // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000228 return lhs;
229 }
230 if (result < 0) { // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000231 return rhs;
232 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000233 assert(0 && "Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(): illegal float comparison");
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 }
235 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
237 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
238 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
239
240 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
241 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
242 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0) {
243 // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000244 return lhs;
245 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return rhs;
247 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
248 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000249 return lhs;
250 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
251 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return rhs;
253 }
254 }
255 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
256 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
257 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
258 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
259 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
260 QualType destType;
261 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
262 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
263 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
264 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
265 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
266 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
267 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
268 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
269 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
270 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
271 // use the signed type.
272 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
273 } else {
274 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
275 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
276 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
277 // to the signed type.
278 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
279 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000280 return destType;
281}
282
283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
284// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
286
287
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000288/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000289/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
290/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
291/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
292/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000293///
294Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000295Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000296 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
297
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000298 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000299 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000300 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000301
302 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
303 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
304 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000305
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000306 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000307 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000308 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000309
310 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
312 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000313
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000314 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
315 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
316 // strings.
317 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
318 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetStringLength()+1),
319 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000320
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000321 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000322 return Owned(new StringLiteral(Literal.GetString(), Literal.GetStringLength(),
323 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
324 StringToks[0].getLocation(),
325 StringToks[NumStringToks-1].getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000326}
327
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000328/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
329/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
330/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
331/// for values inside the block or for globals).
332///
333/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
334/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
335/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
336static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
337 ValueDecl *VD) {
338 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
339 // we wanted to.
340 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
341 return false;
342
343 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
344 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
345 return false;
346
347 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
348 // snapshot it.
349 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
350 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
351 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
352
353 return true;
354}
355
356
357
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000358/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000359/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000360/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000362/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000363Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
364 IdentifierInfo &II,
365 bool HasTrailingLParen,
366 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000367 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS);
368}
369
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000370/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
371/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
372/// nested-name-specifier.
373DeclRefExpr *Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
374 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
375 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
376 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
377 return new QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent,
378 SS->getRange().getBegin());
379 else
380 return new DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
381}
382
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000383/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
384/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
385/// is Record.
386static ScopedDecl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
387 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
388 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
389
390 // FIXME: Once ScopedDecls are directly linked together, this will
391 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
392 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
393 // this even better.
394 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
395 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
396 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
397 D != DEnd; ++D) {
398 if (*D == Record) {
399 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
400 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
401 ++D;
402 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
403 assert(!cast<ScopedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
404 return *D;
405 }
406 }
407
408 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
409 return 0;
410}
411
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000412Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000413Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
414 FieldDecl *Field,
415 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
416 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
417 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
418 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
419 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
420
421 // Construct the sequence of field member references
422 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
423 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
424 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
425 // the current context to the field we found.
426 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
427 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
428 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
429 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
430 do {
431 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
432 ScopedDecl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
433 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
434 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
435 else {
436 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
437 break;
438 }
439 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
440 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
441 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
442
443 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
444 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
445 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
446 // found via name lookup.
447 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
448 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
449 if (BaseObject) {
450 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
451 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
452 delete BaseObjectExpr;
453
454 BaseObjectExpr = new DeclRefExpr(BaseObject, BaseObject->getType(),
455 SourceLocation());
456 ExtraQuals
457 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
458 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
459 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
460 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
461 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
462 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
463 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
464 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
465 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
466 }
467 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
468 } else {
469 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
470 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
471 // program our base object expression is "this".
472 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
473 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
474 QualType AnonFieldType
475 = Context.getTagDeclType(
476 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
477 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
478 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
479 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
480 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
481 // Our base object expression is "this".
482 BaseObjectExpr = new CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
483 MD->getThisType(Context));
484 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
485 }
486 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000487 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
488 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 }
490 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
491 }
492
493 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000494 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
495 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000496 }
497
498 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
499 // anonymous struct/union.
500 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
501 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
502 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
503 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
504 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
505 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
506 unsigned combinedQualifiers
507 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
508 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
509 }
510 Result = new MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
511 OpLoc, MemberType);
512 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
513 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
514 OpLoc = SourceLocation();
515 }
516
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000517 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000518}
519
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000520/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
521/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
522/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
523/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
524/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
525/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
526/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
527/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
528/// forms.
529///
530/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
531/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
532/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
533/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000534///
535/// If ForceResolution is true, then we will attempt to resolve the
536/// name even if it looks like a dependent name. This option is off by
537/// default.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000538Sema::OwningExprResult
539Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
540 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
541 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, bool ForceResolution) {
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000542 if (S->getTemplateParamParent() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
543 HasTrailingLParen && !SS && !ForceResolution) {
544 // We've seen something of the form
545 // identifier(
546 // and we are in a template, so it is likely that 's' is a
547 // dependent name. However, we won't know until we've parsed all
548 // of the call arguments. So, build a CXXDependentNameExpr node
549 // to represent this name. Then, if it turns out that none of the
550 // arguments are type-dependent, we'll force the resolution of the
551 // dependent name at that point.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000552 return Owned(new CXXDependentNameExpr(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
553 Context.DependentTy, Loc));
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000554 }
555
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000556 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000557 Decl *D = 0;
558 LookupResult Lookup;
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000559 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
560 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
561 if (DC == 0)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000562 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000563 Lookup = LookupDecl(Name, Decl::IDNS_Ordinary, S, DC);
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000564 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000565 Lookup = LookupDecl(Name, Decl::IDNS_Ordinary, S);
566
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000567 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
568 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
569 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
570 : SourceRange());
571 return ExprError();
572 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000573 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000574
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000575 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
576 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000577 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
578 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroffe57c21a2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000579 ScopedDecl *SD = dyn_cast_or_null<ScopedDecl>(D);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000580 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
581 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
582 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current method (i.e. a global
583 // variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with this
584 // name, if the lookup suceeds, we replace it our current decl.
Steve Naroffe57c21a2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000585 if (SD == 0 || SD->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000586 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000587 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II)) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000588 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
589 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
590 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000591 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
592 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
593 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
594 true, true);
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000595 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000596 return Owned(MRef);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000597 }
598 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000599 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Chris Lattner87fada82008-11-20 05:35:30 +0000600 if (SD == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000601 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000602 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603 return Owned(new ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000604 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000605 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000606 if (D == 0) {
607 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
608 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000609 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000610 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000611 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000612 else {
613 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
614 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000615 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
617 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000618 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
619 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000620 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
621 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000622 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000623 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000624 }
625 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626
627 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
628 // (C++ [class.union]).
629 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
630 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
631 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000632
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000633 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
634 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
635 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
636 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
637 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
638 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
639 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
640 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
641 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
642 QualType MemberType;
643 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
644 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
645 MemberType = FD->getType();
646
647 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
648 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
649 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
650 unsigned combinedQualifiers
651 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
652 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
653 }
654 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
655 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
656 Ctx = Method->getParent();
657 MemberType = Method->getType();
658 }
659 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
660 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
661 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
662 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
663 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
664 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
665 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
666 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
667 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
668 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
669 break;
670 }
671 }
672 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000673
674 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000675 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
676 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
677 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
678 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
679 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
680 // Build the implicit member access expression.
681 Expr *This = new CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
682 MD->getThisType(Context));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000683 return Owned(new MemberExpr(This, true, cast<NamedDecl>(D),
684 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000690 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000691 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
692 if (MD->isStatic())
693 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000694 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
695 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000698 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
699 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
700 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
702 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000703 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000704
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000705 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000706 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000707 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000708 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000709 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000710 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000711
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000712 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000713 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000714 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
715 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000716
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000717 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000718
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000719 // check if referencing an identifier with __attribute__((deprecated)).
720 if (VD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000721 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << VD->getDeclName());
722
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000723 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
724 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
725 Scope *CheckS = S;
726 while (CheckS) {
727 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
728 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
729 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000730 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
731 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000732 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000733 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
734 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000735 break;
736 }
737
738 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
739 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
740 if (CheckS)
741 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
742 }
743 }
744 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000745
746 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
747 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000748 return ExprError();
749
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000750 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
751 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
752 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
753 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000754 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000755 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
756 // as they do not get snapshotted.
757 //
758 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000759 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
760 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000761 return Owned(new BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
762 Loc, true));
763
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000764 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
765 VD->getType().addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766 return Owned(new BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
767 Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000768 }
769 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
770 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000771
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000772 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000773 bool ValueDependent = false;
774 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
775 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
776 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
777 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
778 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
779 TypeDependent = true;
780 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
781 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
782 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
783 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
784 TypeDependent = true;
785 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
786 // names a dependent type.
787 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
788 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
789 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
790 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000791 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000792 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
793 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
794 TypeDependent = true;
795 break;
796 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000797 }
798 }
799 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000800
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000801 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
802 //
803 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
804 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
805 if (TypeDependent)
806 ValueDependent = true;
807 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
808 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
809 ValueDependent = true;
810 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
811 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
812 // (FIXME!).
813 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000814
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000815 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
816 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000817}
818
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000819Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
820 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000821 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000822
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000823 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000824 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000825 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
826 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
827 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000828 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000829
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000830 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
831 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000832 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000833 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
834 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000835 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
836 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
837 else {
838 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
839 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
840 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
841 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000842
843
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000844 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000845 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000846 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000847 return Owned(new PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000848}
849
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000850Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000851 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
852 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
853 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
854 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000855
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000856 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
857 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
858 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000860
861 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
862
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000863 return Owned(new CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Literal.isWide(), type,
864 Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000865}
866
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000867Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
868 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000869 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
870 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000871 const char Val = PP.getSpelledCharacterAt(Tok.getLocation());
872 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000873 return Owned(new IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
874 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000875 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000876
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000877 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000878 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
879 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000880 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000882 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
883 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000885 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
886 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
887 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000888 return ExprError();
889
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000890 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000892 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000893 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000894 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000895 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000896 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000897 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000898 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000899 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000900
901 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
902
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000903 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
904 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000905 Res = new FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact), &isExact,
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000906 Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000907
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000908 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000909 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000910 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000911 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000912
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000913 // long long is a C99 feature.
914 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000915 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000916 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
917
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000918 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000919 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000920
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000921 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
922 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
923 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000924 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
925 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000926 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000927 } else {
928 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
929 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000930
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000931 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
932 // be an unsigned int.
933 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
934
935 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000936 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000937 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
938 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000939 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000941 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
942 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
943 // Does it fit in a signed int?
944 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000945 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000946 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000947 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000948 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000949 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000950 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000951
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000952 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000953 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000954 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000955
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000956 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
957 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
958 // Does it fit in a signed long?
959 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000960 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000961 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000962 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000963 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000964 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965 }
966
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000967 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000968 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000969 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000971 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
972 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
973 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
974 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000975 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000976 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000977 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000978 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000979 }
980 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000982 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
983 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000984 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000985 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000986 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000987 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000988 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000989
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000990 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
991 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000992 }
993
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000994 Res = new IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000995 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000996
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000997 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
998 if (Literal.isImaginary)
999 Res = new ImaginaryLiteral(Res, Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000
1001 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001002}
1003
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001004Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1005 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1006 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001007 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008 return Owned(new ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001009}
1010
1011/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1012/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001013bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
1014 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1015 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1016 bool isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
1018 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType) && isSizeof)
1019 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001020 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001021 else if (exprType->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001022 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1023 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001024 else
1025 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1026 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1027 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1028 ExprRange);
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001029
1030 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001031}
1032
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001033/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1034/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1035/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001036Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001037Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1038 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001039 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001040 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001041
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001042 QualType ArgTy;
1043 SourceRange Range;
1044 if (isType) {
1045 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1046 Range = ArgRange;
1047 } else {
1048 // Get the end location.
1049 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1050 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1051 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
1052 }
1053
1054 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001055 // FIXME: This might leak the expression.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001056 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001057 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001058
1059 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001060 return Owned(new SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
1061 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1062 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001063}
1064
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00001065QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001066 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1067
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001068 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001069 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1070 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001071
1072 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1073 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1074 return V->getType();
1075
1076 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001077 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001078 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001079}
1080
1081
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001082
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001083Action::OwningExprResult
1084Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1085 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1086 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001087
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001088 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1089 switch (Kind) {
1090 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1091 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1092 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1093 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001094
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001095 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1096 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1097 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001098 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001099 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1100
1101 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1102 //
1103 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1104 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1105 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1106 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1107 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1108 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1109 // argument will have value zero.
1110 Expr *Args[2] = {
1111 Arg,
1112 new IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1113 /*isSigned=*/true),
1114 Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
1115 };
1116
1117 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1118 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1119 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
1120
1121 // Perform overload resolution.
1122 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1123 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1124 case OR_Success: {
1125 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1126 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1127
1128 if (FnDecl) {
1129 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1130 // operator.
1131
1132 // Convert the arguments.
1133 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1134 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001135 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001136 } else {
1137 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001138 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001139 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1140 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001141 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001142 }
1143
1144 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001145 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001146 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1147 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001148
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001149 // Build the actual expression node.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001150 Expr *FnExpr = new DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001151 SourceLocation());
1152 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1153
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001154 Input.release();
1155 return Owned(new CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001156 } else {
1157 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1158 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1159 // operator node.
1160 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1161 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001162 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001163
1164 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001165 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001166 }
1167
1168 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1169 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1170 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1171 break;
1172
1173 case OR_Ambiguous:
1174 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1175 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1176 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1177 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001178 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001179 }
1180
1181 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1182 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1183 // build a built-in operation.
1184 }
1185
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001186 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1187 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001188 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001189 return ExprError();
1190 Input.release();
1191 return Owned(new UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001192}
1193
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001194Action::OwningExprResult
1195Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1196 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1197 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1198 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001199
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001200 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001201 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001202 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1203 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1204 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001205 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1206 // to the candidate set.
1207 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1208 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
1209 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001210
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001211 // Perform overload resolution.
1212 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1213 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1214 case OR_Success: {
1215 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1216 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1217
1218 if (FnDecl) {
1219 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1220 // operator.
1221
1222 // Convert the arguments.
1223 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1224 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1225 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1226 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1227 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001228 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001229 } else {
1230 // Convert the arguments.
1231 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1232 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1233 "passing") ||
1234 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1235 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1236 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001237 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001238 }
1239
1240 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001241 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001242 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1243 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001244
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001245 // Build the actual expression node.
1246 Expr *FnExpr = new DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1247 SourceLocation());
1248 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1249
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001250 Base.release();
1251 Idx.release();
1252 return Owned(new CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2, ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001253 } else {
1254 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1255 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1256 // operator node.
1257 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1258 "passing") ||
1259 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1260 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001261 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001262
1263 break;
1264 }
1265 }
1266
1267 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1268 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1269 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1270 break;
1271
1272 case OR_Ambiguous:
1273 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1274 << "[]"
1275 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1276 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001277 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001278 }
1279
1280 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1281 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1282 // build a built-in operation.
1283 }
1284
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001285 // Perform default conversions.
1286 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1287 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001288
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1290
1291 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001292 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001293 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
1294 // and index from the expression types.
1295 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1296 QualType ResultType;
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001297 if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001298 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1299 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1300 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1301 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001302 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001303 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1304 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1305 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1306 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1307 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001308 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1309 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001310 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001311
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001312 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1313 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1314 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001315 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1316 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1317 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001318 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
1319 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001320 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1321 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001322
1323 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1324 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001325 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1326 // objects in C99.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 if (!ResultType->isObjectType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001328 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001329 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001330 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001331
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001332 Base.release();
1333 Idx.release();
1334 return Owned(new ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001335}
1336
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001337QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001338CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001339 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001340 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001341
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001342 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1343 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001344
1345 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
1346 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1347 // to be selected.
1348 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
1349
1350 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1351 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1352 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001353
1354 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1355 // names must come from the same set.
1356 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001357 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1358 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001359 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001360 do
1361 compStr++;
1362 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001363 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001364 do
1365 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001366 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001367 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001368
1369 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001370 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1371 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001372 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1373 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001374 return QualType();
1375 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001376
1377 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1378 // operates on.
1379 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1380 compStr = CompName.getName();
1381
1382 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001383 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001384
1385 while (*compStr) {
1386 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1388 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1389 return QualType();
1390 }
1391 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001392 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001393
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001394 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1395 // number of elements.
1396 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001397 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001398 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001399 return QualType();
1400 }
1401
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001402 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
1403 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
1404 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001405 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001406 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001407 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1408 : CompName.getLength();
1409 if (HexSwizzle)
1410 CompSize--;
1411
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001412 if (CompSize == 1)
1413 return vecType->getElementType();
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001414
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001415 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001416 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001417 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1418 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1419 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1420 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001421 }
1422 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001423}
1424
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001425/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1426/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1427/// has been capitalized.
1428// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1429// live?
1430static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1431 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1432 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1433 SelectorName = "set";
1434 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1435 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1436 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1437}
1438
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001439Action::OwningExprResult
1440Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1441 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1442 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1443 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001444 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001445
1446 // Perform default conversions.
1447 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001448
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001449 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1450 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001451
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001452 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1453 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001454 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001455 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001456 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001457 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001458 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1459 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001460 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1462 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1463 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001464 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001466 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1467 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001468 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001469 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001470 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
1471 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1472 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1473 return ExprError();
1474
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001475 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001476 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1477 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001479 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
1480 LookupCriteria(LookupCriteria::Member,
1481 /*RedeclarationOnly=*/false,
1482 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus));
1483
1484 Decl *MemberDecl = 0;
1485 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001486 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1487 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1488 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1489 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1490 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1491 return ExprError();
1492 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001493 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001494
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001495 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001496 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1497 // (C++ [class.union]).
1498 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001499 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001501
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001502 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1503 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001504 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001505 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1506 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1507 else {
1508 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1509 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001510 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001511 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1512 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1513 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001514
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001515 return Owned(new MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1516 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001517 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 return Owned(new MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1519 Var, MemberLoc,
1520 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001521 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001522 return Owned(new MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, MemberFn,
1523 MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
1524 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001525 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526 return Owned(new MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
1527 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001528 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 return Owned(new MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Enum,
1530 MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001531 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1533 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001534
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001535 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1536 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1537 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1539 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1540 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001541 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001542
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001543 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1544 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001545 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001546 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member)) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001547 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), MemberLoc,
1548 BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001549 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1550 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001552 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001553 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1554 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1555 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001556 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001557
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001558 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1559 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1560 const PointerType *PTy;
1561 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1562 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1563 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001565
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001566 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001567 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568 return Owned(new ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
1569 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1570
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001571 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001572 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1573 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
1574 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575 return Owned(new ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
1576 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001577
1578 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1579 // selector is implemented.
1580
1581 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1582 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1583
1584 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1585 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001586
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001587 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1588 if (!Getter)
1589 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1590 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1591 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1592 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1593 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1594
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001595 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1596 if (!Getter) {
1597 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1598 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1599 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1600 }
1601 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001602 if (Getter) {
1603 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001604 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1605 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1606 &Member);
1607 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1608 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1609 if (!Setter) {
1610 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1611 // methods.
1612 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1613 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1614 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1615 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1616 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1617 }
1618 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1619 if (!Setter) {
1620 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1621 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1622 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1623 }
1624 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625
1626 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1627 return Owned(new ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(), Setter,
1628 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001629 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630
1631 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1632 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001633 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001634 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1635 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1636 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1637 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1638 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001639 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001640 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001641 return Owned(new ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
1642 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001643 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1644 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1645 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646 return Owned(new ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel, OMD->getResultType(),
1647 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001648 }
1649 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001650
1651 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1652 << &Member << BaseType);
1653 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001654 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
1655 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType() && OpKind == tok::period) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001656 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1657 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001658 return ExprError();
1659 return Owned(new ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member, MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001660 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661
1662 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1663 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1664 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001665}
1666
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001667/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1668/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1669/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1670/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1671/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1672/// true if the call is ill-formed.
1673bool
1674Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
1675 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1676 const FunctionTypeProto *Proto,
1677 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1678 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1679 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
1680 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1681 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1682 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
1683
1684 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1685 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1686 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1687 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1688 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1689 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1690 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1691 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1692 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
1693 }
1694
1695 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1696 // them.
1697 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1698 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1699 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1700 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1701 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1702 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1703 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1704 // This deletes the extra arguments.
1705 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
1706 }
1707 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1708 }
1709
1710 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
1711 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
1712 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
1713
1714 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001715 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001716 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001717
1718 // Pass the argument.
1719 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
1720 return true;
1721 } else
1722 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001723 Arg = new CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
1724 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001725
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001726 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1727 }
1728
1729 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
1730 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001731 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
1732 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1733 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
1734 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
1735 CallType = VariadicMethod;
1736
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001737 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
1738 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1739 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001740 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001741 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1742 }
1743 }
1744
1745 return false;
1746}
1747
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001748/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001749/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
1750/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001751Action::OwningExprResult
1752Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1753 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001754 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001755 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
1756 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
1757 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001758 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001759 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001760 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = NULL;
1761
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +00001762 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
1763 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
1764 bool Dependent = false;
1765 if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) {
1766 if (CXXDependentNameExpr *FnName = dyn_cast<CXXDependentNameExpr>(Fn)) {
1767 if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
1768 Dependent = true;
1769 else {
1770 // Resolve the CXXDependentNameExpr to an actual identifier;
1771 // it wasn't really a dependent name after all.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001772 OwningExprResult Resolved
1773 = ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, FnName->getLocation(),
1774 FnName->getName(),
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +00001775 /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true,
1776 /*SS=*/0,
1777 /*ForceResolution=*/true);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001778 if (Resolved.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001779 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +00001780 else {
1781 delete Fn;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001782 Fn = (Expr *)Resolved.release();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +00001783 }
1784 }
1785 } else
1786 Dependent = true;
1787 } else
1788 Dependent = Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs);
1789
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001790 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including
1791 // ADL) in Fn.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +00001792 if (Dependent)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001793 return Owned(new CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
1794 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001795
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001796 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
1797 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1799 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001800
1801 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
1802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1803 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
1804 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
1805 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001806 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1807 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001808 }
1809
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001810 // If we're directly calling a function or a set of overloaded
1811 // functions, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001812 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
1813 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Fn))
1814 DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(IcExpr->getSubExpr());
1815 else
1816 DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Fn);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001817
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001818 if (DRExpr) {
1819 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
1820 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001821 }
1822
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001823 if (Ovl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001824 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Ovl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1825 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorbf4f0582008-11-26 06:01:48 +00001826 if (!FDecl)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001827 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001828
Douglas Gregorbf4f0582008-11-26 06:01:48 +00001829 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001830 Expr *NewFn = 0;
1831 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
1832 NewFn = new QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1833 QDRExpr->getLocation(), false, false,
1834 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1835 else
1836 NewFn = new DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1837 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Douglas Gregorbf4f0582008-11-26 06:01:48 +00001838 Fn->Destroy(Context);
1839 Fn = NewFn;
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001840 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001841
1842 // Promote the function operand.
1843 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
1844
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001845 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
1846 // of arguments and function on error.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001847 // FIXME: Except that llvm::OwningPtr uses delete, when it really must be
1848 // Destroy(), or nothing gets cleaned up.
Chris Lattner97316c02008-04-10 02:22:51 +00001849 llvm::OwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(new CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001850 Context.BoolTy, RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001851
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001852 const FunctionType *FuncT;
1853 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
1854 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
1855 // have type pointer to function".
1856 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
1857 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001858 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1859 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001860 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
1861 } else { // This is a block call.
1862 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
1863 getAsFunctionType();
1864 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001865 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001866 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1867 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
1868
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001869 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00001870 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001871
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001872 if (const FunctionTypeProto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(FuncT)) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001873 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
1874 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001875 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001876 } else {
1877 assert(isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001878
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001879 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001880 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1881 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
1882 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
1883 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001884 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001885 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001886
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001887 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
1888 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001889 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
1890 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001891
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001892 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001893 if (FDecl)
1894 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001895
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001896 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001897}
1898
1899Action::ExprResult Sema::
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001900ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001901 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprTy *InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001902 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001903 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
1904 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001905 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001906 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr);
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00001907
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00001908 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00001909 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001910 return Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
1911 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001912 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
1913 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
1914 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
1915 return true;
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00001916
Douglas Gregor6428e762008-11-05 15:29:30 +00001917 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001918 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Steve Naroff92590f92008-01-09 20:58:06 +00001919 return true;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00001920
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001921 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00001922 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00001923 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
1924 return true;
1925 }
Chris Lattnerce236e72008-10-26 23:35:51 +00001926 return new CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType, literalExpr,
1927 isFileScope);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001928}
1929
1930Action::ExprResult Sema::
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001931ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, ExprTy **initlist, unsigned NumInit,
Chris Lattnerce236e72008-10-26 23:35:51 +00001932 InitListDesignations &Designators,
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00001933 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
Steve Naroffe14e5542007-09-02 02:04:30 +00001934 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist);
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00001935
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00001936 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Steve Naroff1c9de712007-09-03 01:24:23 +00001937 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00001938
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +00001939 InitListExpr *E = new InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit, RBraceLoc,
1940 Designators.hasAnyDesignators());
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001941 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
1942 return E;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001943}
1944
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001945/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00001946bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001947 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
1948
1949 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
1950 // type needs to be scalar.
1951 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
1952 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001953 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
1954 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001955 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00001956 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
1957 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
1958 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
1959 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
1960 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
1961 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
1962 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
1963 // GCC cast to union extension
1964 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
1965 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
1966 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
1967 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
1968 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
1969 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
1970 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
1971 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
1972 break;
1973 }
1974 }
1975 if (Field == FieldEnd)
1976 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
1977 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
1978 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001979 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001980 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001981 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001982 }
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001983 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
1984 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001985 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
1986 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001987 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00001988 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
1989 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
1990 return true;
1991 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
1992 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
1993 return true;
1994 }
1995 return false;
1996}
1997
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00001998bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00001999 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
2000
2001 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002002 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002003 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2004 Ty->isVectorType() ?
2005 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002006 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002007 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002008 } else
2009 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002010 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002011 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002012
2013 return false;
2014}
2015
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002016Action::ExprResult Sema::
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002017ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002018 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprTy *Op) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002019 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op != 0) && "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002020
2021 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op);
2022 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2023
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002024 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
2025 return true;
Steve Naroff7f1412d2008-11-03 23:29:32 +00002026 return new CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002027}
2028
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002029/// Note that lex is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2030/// In that case, lex = cond.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002031inline QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
2032 Expr *&cond, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation questionLoc) {
2033 UsualUnaryConversions(cond);
2034 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2035 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2036 QualType condT = cond->getType();
2037 QualType lexT = lex->getType();
2038 QualType rexT = rex->getType();
2039
2040 // first, check the condition.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002041 if (!cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2042 if (!condT->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2043 Diag(cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) << condT;
2044 return QualType();
2045 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002046 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002047
2048 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002049 if ((lex && lex->isTypeDependent()) || (rex && rex->isTypeDependent()))
2050 return Context.DependentTy;
2051
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002052 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2053 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
2054 if (lexT->isArithmeticType() && rexT->isArithmeticType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002055 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2056 return lex->getType();
2057 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002058
2059 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2060 // type.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002061 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = lexT->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002062 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = rexT->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002063 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002064 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
2065 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
2066 return lexT.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002067 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002068
2069 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002070 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
2071 if (lexT->isVoidType() || rexT->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002072 if (!lexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002073 Diag(rex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2074 << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002075 if (!rexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002076 Diag(lex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2077 << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002078 ImpCastExprToType(lex, Context.VoidTy);
2079 ImpCastExprToType(rex, Context.VoidTy);
2080 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002081 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002082 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2083 // the type of the other operand."
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002084 if ((lexT->isPointerType() || lexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2085 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002086 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002087 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002088 return lexT;
2089 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002090 if ((rexT->isPointerType() || rexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2091 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002092 lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002093 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002094 return rexT;
2095 }
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002096 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2097 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002098 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = lexT->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2099 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rexT->getAsPointerType()) {
2100 // get the "pointed to" types
2101 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2102 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002103
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002104 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2105 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002106 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002107 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2108 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002109 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2110 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2111 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2112 return destType;
2113 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002114 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002115 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002116 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2117 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2118 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2119 return destType;
2120 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002121
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002122 QualType compositeType = lexT;
2123
2124 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2125 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2126 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT) ||
2127 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) {
2128 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2129 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2130 // type. This allows
2131 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2132 // where B is a subclass of A.
2133 //
2134 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2135 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2136 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2137 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2138
2139 // FIXME: This code should not be localized to here. Also this
2140 // should use a compatible check instead of abusing the
2141 // canAssignObjCInterfaces code.
2142 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2143 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2144 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2145 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2146 compositeType = lexT;
2147 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002148 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002149 compositeType = rexT;
2150 } else if (Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee) ||
2151 Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee)) {
2152 // FIXME: This code looks wrong, because isObjCIdType checks
2153 // the struct but getObjCIdType returns the pointer to
2154 // struct. This is horrible and should be fixed.
2155 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2156 } else {
2157 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
2158 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2159 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2160 return incompatTy;
2161 }
2162 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2163 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002164 Diag(questionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002165 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002166 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2167 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2168 // to get a consistent AST.
2169 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002170 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2171 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2172 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002173 }
2174 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002175 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2176 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2177 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2178 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002179 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002180 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002181 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2182 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2183 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002184 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002185 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002186 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2187 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
2188 // id with statically typed objects).
2189 if (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2190 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2191 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2192 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
2193 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lexT, rexT, true) ||
2194 (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2195 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) ||
2196 (rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2197 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT))) {
2198 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2199 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2200 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2201 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2202 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2203 // cases. Investigate.
2204 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2205 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2206 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2207 return compositeType;
2208 }
2209 }
2210
Steve Naroff3eac7692008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002211 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2212 if (lexT->isBlockPointerType() && rexT->isBlockPointerType() &&
2213 Context.getCanonicalType(lexT) == Context.getCanonicalType(rexT))
2214 return lexT;
2215
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002216 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002217 Diag(questionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002218 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002219 return QualType();
2220}
2221
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002222/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002223/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002224Action::ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002225 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2226 ExprTy *Cond, ExprTy *LHS,
2227 ExprTy *RHS) {
2228 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond;
2229 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS, *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS;
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002230
2231 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2232 // was the condition.
2233 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2234 if (isLHSNull)
2235 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
2236
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002237 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
2238 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2239 if (result.isNull())
2240 return true;
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002241 return new ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2242 RHSExpr, result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002243}
2244
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002245
2246// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
2247// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
2248// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2249// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2250// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002251Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002252Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2253 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2254
2255 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002256 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2257 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002258
2259 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002260 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2261 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002262
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002263 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002264
2265 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2266 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2267 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002268 // FIXME: Handle ASQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002269 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002270 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002271
2272 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2273 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
2274 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002275 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002276 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002277 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002278
2279 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002280 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2281 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002282 }
2283
2284 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002285 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002286 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002287
2288 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002289 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2290 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002291 }
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002292
2293 // Check for ObjC interfaces
2294 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2295 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2296 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2297 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
2298 return ConvTy;
2299
2300 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2301 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee))
2302 return ConvTy;
2303 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee))
2304 return ConvTy;
2305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002306 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
2307 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002308 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2309 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2310 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002311 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002312}
2313
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002314/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2315/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2316/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2317// types.
2318Sema::AssignConvertType
2319Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
2320 QualType rhsType) {
2321 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2322
2323 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2324 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2325 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2326
2327 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2328 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2329 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
2330
2331 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
2332
2333 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2334 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2335 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
2336
2337 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
2338 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
2339 return ConvTy;
2340}
2341
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002342/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2343/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
2344/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2345///
2346/// int a, *pint;
2347/// short *pshort;
2348/// struct foo *pfoo;
2349///
2350/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2351/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2352/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2353/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2354///
2355/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
2356/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002357///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002358Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002359Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002360 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2361 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002362 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2363 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002364
2365 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002366 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002367
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002368 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2369 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2370 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2371 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2372 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2373 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2374 // type.
2375 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2376 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002377 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002378 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002379 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002380
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002381 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2382 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002383 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002384 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2385 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2386 return IntToPointer;
2387 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2388 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002389 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002390 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002391
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002392 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002393 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002394 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2395 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002396 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002397
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002398 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
2399 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
2400 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002401 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2402 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002403 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
2404 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002405 }
2406 return Incompatible;
2407 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002408
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002409 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002410 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002411
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002412 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002413 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002414 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002415
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002416 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002417 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002418
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002419 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002420 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002421 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002422
2423 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2424 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2425 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2426 return Compatible;
2427 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002428 return Incompatible;
2429 }
2430
2431 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2432 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2433 return IntToPointer;
2434
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002435 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2436 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2437 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2438 return Compatible;
2439
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002440 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2441 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
2442
2443 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2444 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002445 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002446 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002447 return Incompatible;
2448 }
2449
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002450 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002451 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002452 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2453 return Compatible;
2454
2455 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002456 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002457
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002458 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002459 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002460
2461 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
2462 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002463 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002464 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002465 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002466
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002467 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002468 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002469 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002470 }
2471 return Incompatible;
2472}
2473
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002474Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002475Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002476 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2477 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2478 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2479 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2480 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002481 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2482 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002483 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002484 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002485 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002486 }
2487
2488 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2489 // structures.
2490 }
2491
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002492 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2493 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002494 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
2495 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002496 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002497 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002498 return Compatible;
2499 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002500
2501 // We don't allow conversion of non-null-pointer constants to integers.
2502 if (lhsType->isBlockPointerType() && rExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
2503 return IntToBlockPointer;
2504
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002505 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002506 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002507 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002508 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002509 //
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002510 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002511 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2512 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002513
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002514 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2515 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002516
2517 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2518 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002519 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2520 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2521 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2522 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002523 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002524 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002525 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002526}
2527
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002528Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002529Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2530 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2531}
2532
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002533QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002534 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002535 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002536 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002537 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002538}
2539
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002540inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002541 Expr *&rex) {
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002542 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
2543 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002544 QualType lhsType =
2545 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2546 QualType rhsType =
2547 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002548
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002549 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002550 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002551 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002552
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002553 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2554 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
2555 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions)
2556 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType())
2557 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2558 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
2559 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements())
2560 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
2561
2562 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2563 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002564 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002565 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2566
2567 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2568 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2569 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002570 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002571 return lhsType;
2572 }
2573 }
2574
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002575 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002576 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002577 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002578 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2579
2580 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2581 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2582 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002583 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002584 return rhsType;
2585 }
2586 }
2587
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002588 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002589 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002590 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002591 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002592 return QualType();
2593}
2594
2595inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002596 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002597{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002598 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002599 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002600
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002601 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002602
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002603 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002604 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002605 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002606}
2607
2608inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002609 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002610{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002611 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2612 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2613 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2614 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2615 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002616
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002617 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002618
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002619 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002620 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002621 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002622}
2623
2624inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002625 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002626{
2627 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002628 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002629
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002630 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002631
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002632 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2633 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002634 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002635
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002636 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2637 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2638 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2639 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2640
2641 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2642 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2643 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2644 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2645 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002646 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2647 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002648 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
2649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002650 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002651 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002652 } else {
2653 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
2654 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2655 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2656 lex->getType());
2657 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002658 }
2659 }
2660 return PExp->getType();
2661 }
2662 }
2663
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002664 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002665}
2666
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002667// C99 6.5.6
2668QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002669 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002670 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002671 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002672
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002673 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002674
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002675 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
2676
2677 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002678 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002679 return compType;
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002680
2681 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
2682 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002683 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002684
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002685 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002686 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002687 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002688 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002689 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2690 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002691 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002692 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002693 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002694 return QualType();
2695 }
2696 }
2697
2698 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
2699 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2700 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002701
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002702 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
2703 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002704 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
2705
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002706 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002707 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002708 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002709 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
2710 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002711 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2712 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002713 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002714 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002715 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002716 return QualType();
2717 }
2718 }
2719
2720 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00002721 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
2722 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
2723 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002724 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002725 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002726 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002727 return QualType();
2728 }
2729
2730 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
2731 }
2732 }
2733
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002734 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002735}
2736
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002737// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002738QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002739 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002740 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
2741 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002742 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002743
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002744 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
2745 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00002746 if (!isCompAssign)
2747 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002748 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2749
2750 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
2751 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002752}
2753
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002754static bool areComparableObjCInterfaces(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
2755 ASTContext& Context) {
2756 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2757 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2758 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2759 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(RHS))
2760 return true;
2761 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(LHS))
2762 return true;
2763 if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface)
2764 return false;
2765 return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) ||
2766 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface);
2767}
2768
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002769// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002770QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002771 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002772 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002773 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002774
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002775 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00002776 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2777 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2778 else {
2779 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2780 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2781 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002782 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2783 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2784
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002785 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2786 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2787 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002788 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek87e30c52008-01-17 16:57:34 +00002789 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2790 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002791 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002792 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002793 }
2794
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002795 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
2796 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
2797
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002798 if (isRelational) {
2799 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002800 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002801 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002802 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002803 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
2804 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002805 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00002806 }
2807
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002808 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002809 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002810 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002811
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002812 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2813 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2814
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002815 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
2816 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
2817 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00002818 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002819 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002820 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002821 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002822 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002823
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00002824 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002825 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
2826 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002827 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2828 !areComparableObjCInterfaces(LCanPointeeTy, RCanPointeeTy, Context)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002829 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002830 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002831 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002832 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002833 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002834 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002835 // Handle block pointer types.
2836 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2837 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2838 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2839
2840 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
2841 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002843 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002844 }
2845 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002846 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002847 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002848 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
2849 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
2850 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
2851 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002852 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002853 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002854 }
2855 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002856 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002857 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002858
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002859 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00002860 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00002861 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
2862 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
2863 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
2864 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
2865 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
2866 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
2867
2868 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
2869 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002870 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002871 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00002872 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002873 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00002874 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00002875 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002876 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00002877 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002878 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
2879 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002880 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002881 } else {
2882 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002883 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002884 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00002885 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002886 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002887 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002888 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00002889 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002890 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
2891 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002892 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002893 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002894 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002895 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002896 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002897 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002898 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
2899 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002900 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002901 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002902 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002903 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002904 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002905 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002906 // Handle block pointers.
2907 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
2908 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002909 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002910 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002911 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002912 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002913 }
2914 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2915 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002916 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002917 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002918 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002919 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002920 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002921 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002922}
2923
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002924/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
2925/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
2926/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
2927/// types.
2928QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002929 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002930 bool isRelational) {
2931 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
2932 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002933 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002934 if (vType.isNull())
2935 return vType;
2936
2937 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2938 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2939
2940 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2941 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2942 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
2943 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
2944 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2945 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
2946 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002947 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002948 }
2949
2950 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
2951 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
2952 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002953 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002954 }
2955
2956 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
2957 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
2958 // elements for floating point vectors.
2959 if (lType->isIntegerType())
2960 return lType;
2961
2962 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002963 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00002964 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002965 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00002966 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
2967 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
2968
2969 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
2970 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002971 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
2972}
2973
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002974inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002975 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002976{
2977 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002978 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002979
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002980 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002981
2982 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002983 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002984 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002985}
2986
2987inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002988 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002989{
2990 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2991 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2992
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00002993 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002994 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002995 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002996}
2997
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00002998/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
2999/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3000/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3001///
3002static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
3003{
3004 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3005 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3006 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3007 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3008 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
3009 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
3010 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3011 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3012 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3013 return true;
3014 }
3015 }
3016 return false;
3017}
3018
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003019/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3020/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3021static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003022 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3023 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3024 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003025 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3026 return false;
3027
3028 unsigned Diag = 0;
3029 bool NeedType = false;
3030 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3031 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3032 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003033 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003034 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3035 NeedType = true;
3036 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003037 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003038 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3039 NeedType = true;
3040 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003041 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003042 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3043 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003044 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003045 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3046 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003047 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3048 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003049 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
3050 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3051 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003052 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003053 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3054 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003055 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003056 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3057 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003058 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3059 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3060 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003061 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3062 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3063 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003064 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003065
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003066 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003067 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003068 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003069 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003070 return true;
3071}
3072
3073
3074
3075// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003076QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3077 SourceLocation Loc,
3078 QualType CompoundType) {
3079 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3080 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003081 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003082
3083 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3084 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003085
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003086 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003087 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003088 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003089 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003090 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3091 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3092 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3093 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3094 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3095 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3096 ConvTy = Compatible;
3097
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003098 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3099 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3100 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003101 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003102 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3103 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3104 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3105 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3106 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003107 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003108 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003109 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003110 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3111 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3112 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003113 }
3114 } else {
3115 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003116 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003117 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003118
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003119 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3120 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003121 return QualType();
3122
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3124 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
3125 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
3126 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3127 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003128 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3129 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003130 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003131}
3132
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003133// C99 6.5.17
3134QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3135 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003136
3137 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003138 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3139 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003140}
3141
3142/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3143/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003144QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3145 bool isInc) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003146 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3147 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003148
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003149 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3150 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3151 if (!isInc) {
3152 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3153 return QualType();
3154 }
3155 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3156 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3157 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003158 // OK!
3159 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3160 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3161 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3162 // Pointer to object is ok!
3163 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3164 // Pointer to void is extension.
3165 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003166 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3167 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003168 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003169 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003170 } else {
3171 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3172 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3173 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3174 ResType);
3175 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003176 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003177 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3178 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3179 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003180 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003181 } else {
3182 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003183 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003184 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003185 }
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003186 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
3187 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003188 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003189 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003190 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003191}
3192
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003193/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003194/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003195/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3196/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3197/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3198/// - &(x) => x
3199/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3200/// - &s.xx => s
3201/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3202/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3203/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3204/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003205static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003206 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003207 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003208 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003209 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003210 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003211 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3212 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003213 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003214 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003215 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003216 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003217 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003218
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003219 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003220 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003221 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003222 return 0;
3223 else
3224 return VD;
3225 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003226 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3227 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
3228
3229 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3230 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3231 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003232 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3233 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3234 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3235 return 0;
3236 return VD;
3237 }
3238 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003239 }
3240 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3241 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3242 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3243 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3244 default:
3245 return 0;
3246 }
3247 }
3248 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3249 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3250
3251 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3252 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3253
3254 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3255 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3256 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3257 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3258 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3259 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3260 }
3261 }
3262
3263 return 0;
3264 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003265 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003266 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003267 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3268 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003269 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003270 default:
3271 return 0;
3272 }
3273}
3274
3275/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
3276/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
3277/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
3278/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
3279/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003280/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
3281/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003282QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003283 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3284 return Context.DependentTy;
3285
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003286 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3287 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3288 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3289 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3290 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3291 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3292 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3293 }
3294 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3295 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3296 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003297 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003298 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003299
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003300 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003301 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3302 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003303 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3304 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003305 return QualType();
3306 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003307 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003308 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3309 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3311 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3312 return QualType();
3313 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003314 }
3315 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
3316 } else if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3317 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003318 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3319 << "vector" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003320 return QualType();
3321 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003322 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
3323 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3324 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3325 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003326 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3327 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003328 return QualType();
3329 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003330 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003331 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003332 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3333 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003334 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3335 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003336 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003337 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003338 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003339 }
Chris Lattnera55e3212008-07-27 00:48:22 +00003340
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003341 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3342 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3343}
3344
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003345QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
3346 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3347 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003348
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003349 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3350 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3351 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3352 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3353 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003354 return PT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003355
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003357 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003358 return QualType();
3359}
3360
3361static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3362 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3363 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3364 switch (Kind) {
3365 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
3366 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3367 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3368 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3369 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3370 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3371 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3372 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3373 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3374 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3375 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3376 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3377 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3378 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3379 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3380 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3381 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3382 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3383 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3384 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3385 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3386 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3387 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3388 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3389 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3390 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3391 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3392 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3393 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3394 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3395 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3396 }
3397 return Opc;
3398}
3399
3400static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3401 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3402 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3403 switch (Kind) {
3404 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3405 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3406 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3407 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3408 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3409 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3410 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3411 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3412 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003413 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3414 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3415 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3416 }
3417 return Opc;
3418}
3419
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003420/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3421/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3422/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
3423Action::ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3424 unsigned Op,
3425 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
3426 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3427 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3428 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3429
3430 switch (Opc) {
3431 default:
3432 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3433 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3434 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3435 break;
3436 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
3437 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3438 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3439 break;
3440 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3441 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3442 break;
3443 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3444 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3445 break;
3446 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3447 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3448 break;
3449 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
3450 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3451 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3452 break;
3453 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3454 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3455 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3456 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3457 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3458 break;
3459 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3460 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3461 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3462 break;
3463 case BinaryOperator::And:
3464 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3465 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3466 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3467 break;
3468 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3469 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3470 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3471 break;
3472 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3473 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3474 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3475 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3476 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3477 break;
3478 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3479 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3480 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3481 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3482 break;
3483 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3484 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3485 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3486 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3487 break;
3488 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3489 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3490 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3491 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3492 break;
3493 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3494 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3495 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3496 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3497 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3498 break;
3499 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3500 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3501 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3502 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3503 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3504 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3505 break;
3506 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3507 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3508 break;
3509 }
3510 if (ResultTy.isNull())
3511 return true;
3512 if (CompTy.isNull())
3513 return new BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc);
3514 else
3515 return new CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, CompTy, OpLoc);
3516}
3517
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003518// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003519Action::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3520 tok::TokenKind Kind,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003521 ExprTy *LHS, ExprTy *RHS) {
3522 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
3523 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS, *rhs = (Expr*)RHS;
3524
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003525 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3526 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003527
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003528 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3529 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3530 // lookup for operator+.
3531 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
3532 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3533 return new CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, Context.DependentTy,
3534 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc);
3535 else
3536 return new BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, Context.DependentTy, TokLoc);
3537 }
3538
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003539 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3540 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3541 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003542 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3543 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3544 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3545 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3546 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3547 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3548 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003549
3550 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3551 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3552 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3553 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3554 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3555 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3556 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3557 OO_Amp,
3558 OO_Caret,
3559 OO_Pipe,
3560 OO_AmpAmp,
3561 OO_PipePipe,
3562 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3563 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3564 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3565 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3566 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3567 OO_PipeEqual,
3568 OO_Comma
3569 };
3570 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3571
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003572 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3573 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003574 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003575 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003576 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003577
3578 // Perform overload resolution.
3579 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3580 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3581 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003582 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003583 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3584
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003585 if (FnDecl) {
3586 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3587 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003588
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003589 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003590 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3591 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3592 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3593 "passing"))
3594 return true;
3595 } else {
3596 // Convert the arguments.
3597 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3598 "passing") ||
3599 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3600 "passing"))
3601 return true;
3602 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003603
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003604 // Determine the result type
3605 QualType ResultTy
3606 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3607 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
3608
3609 // Build the actual expression node.
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003610 Expr *FnExpr = new DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3611 SourceLocation());
3612 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3613
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003614 return new CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2, ResultTy, TokLoc);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003615 } else {
3616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3618 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003619 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3620 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
3621 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3622 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003623 return true;
3624
3625 break;
3626 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003627 }
3628
3629 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3630 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003631 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003632 break;
3633
3634 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003635 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3636 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3637 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003638 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
3639 return true;
3640 }
3641
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003642 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3643 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
3644 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003645 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003646
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003647 // Build a built-in binary operation.
3648 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003649}
3650
3651// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003652Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3653 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
3654 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
3655 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003656 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003657
3658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3659 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
3660 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3661 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3662 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3663 OO_None, OO_None,
3664 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
3665 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
3666 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3667 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
3668 OO_None, OO_None,
3669 OO_None,
3670 OO_None
3671 };
3672 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3673
3674 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3675 // to the candidate set.
3676 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
3677 if (OverOp != OO_None)
3678 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, &Input, 1, CandidateSet);
3679
3680 // Perform overload resolution.
3681 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3682 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3683 case OR_Success: {
3684 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
3685 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3686
3687 if (FnDecl) {
3688 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3689 // operator.
3690
3691 // Convert the arguments.
3692 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3693 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003694 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003695 } else {
3696 // Convert the arguments.
3697 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
3698 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3699 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003700 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003701 }
3702
3703 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003704 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003705 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3706 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003707
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003708 // Build the actual expression node.
3709 Expr *FnExpr = new DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3710 SourceLocation());
3711 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3712
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003713 input.release();
3714 return Owned(new CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, &Input, 1,
3715 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003716 } else {
3717 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3718 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3719 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003720 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3721 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003723
3724 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003725 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003726 }
3727
3728 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3729 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
3730 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
3731 break;
3732
3733 case OR_Ambiguous:
3734 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3735 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3736 << Input->getSourceRange();
3737 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003738 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003739 }
3740
3741 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3742 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003743 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003744 }
3745
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003746 QualType resultType;
3747 switch (Opc) {
3748 default:
3749 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
3750 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
3751 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003752 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
3753 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003754 break;
3755 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
3756 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3757 break;
3758 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00003759 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003760 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3761 break;
3762 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
3763 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
3764 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3765 resultType = Input->getType();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003766 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
3767 break;
3768 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
3769 resultType->isEnumeralType())
3770 break;
3771 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
3772 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
3773 resultType->isPointerType())
3774 break;
3775
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003776 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3777 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003778 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
3779 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3780 resultType = Input->getType();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003781 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
3782 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
3783 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003785 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003786 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003787 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3788 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003789 break;
3790 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
3791 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
3792 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
3793 resultType = Input->getType();
3794 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003795 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3796 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003797 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003798 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
3799 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003800 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003801 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003802 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00003803 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003804 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003805 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003806 resultType = Input->getType();
3807 break;
3808 }
3809 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003810 return ExprError();
3811 input.release();
3812 return Owned(new UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003813}
3814
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003815/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3816Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003817 SourceLocation LabLoc,
3818 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
3819 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
3820 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = LabelMap[LabelII];
3821
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00003822 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
3823 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003824 if (LabelDecl == 0)
3825 LabelDecl = new LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
3826
3827 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Chris Lattnera0d03a72007-08-03 17:31:20 +00003828 return new AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
3829 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003830}
3831
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003832Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003833 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
3834 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
3835 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
3836 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
3837
3838 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
3839 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
3840 // More semantic analysis is needed.
3841
3842 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
3843 // should not warn about it being unused.
3844
3845 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
3846 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
3847 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
3848
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00003849 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
3850 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
3851 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
3852 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
3853 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
3854
3855 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003856 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00003857 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003858
3859 return new StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
3860}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00003861
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00003862Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3863 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003864 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3865 TypeTy *argty,
3866 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3867 unsigned NumComponents,
3868 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
3869 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
3870 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
3871
3872 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
3873 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
3874 // a struct/union/class.
3875 if (!ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003876 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003877
3878 // Otherwise, create a compound literal expression as the base, and
3879 // iteratively process the offsetof designators.
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003880 Expr *Res = new CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgTy, 0, false);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003881
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00003882 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
3883 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
3884 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003885 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
3886 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00003887
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003888 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
3889 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
3890 if (OC.isBrackets) {
3891 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003892 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003893 if (!AT) {
3894 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003895 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003896 }
3897
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00003898 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
3899
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003900 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
3901 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
3902 if (!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003903 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
3904 << Idx->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003905
3906 Res = new ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(), OC.LocEnd);
3907 continue;
3908 }
3909
3910 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
3911 if (!RC) {
3912 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003913 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003914 }
3915
3916 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
3917 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00003918 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
3919 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupDecl(OC.U.IdentInfo,
3920 Decl::IDNS_Ordinary,
Douglas Gregor78d70132009-01-14 22:20:51 +00003921 S, RD, false, false).getAsDecl());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003922 if (!MemberDecl)
Chris Lattner65cae292008-11-19 08:23:25 +00003923 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
3924 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00003925
3926 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
3927 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00003928 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
3929 // matter here.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003930 Res = new MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
3931 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003932 }
3933
3934 return new UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf, Context.getSizeType(),
3935 BuiltinLoc);
3936}
3937
3938
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003939Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00003940 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
3941 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
3942 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
3943 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
3944
3945 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
3946
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003947 return new TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1, argT2,RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00003948}
3949
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003950Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00003951 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
3952 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
3953 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
3954 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
3955 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
3956
3957 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
3958
3959 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
3960 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
3961 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
3962 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003963 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
3964 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00003965
3966 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
3967 QualType resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() :
3968 RHSExpr->getType();
3969 return new ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, RPLoc);
3970}
3971
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00003972//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3973// Clang Extensions.
3974//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3975
3976/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00003977void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00003978 // Analyze block parameters.
3979 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
3980
3981 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
3982 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
3983 CurBlock = BSI;
3984
3985 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
3986 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
3987
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00003988 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003989 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00003990}
3991
3992void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00003993 // Analyze arguments to block.
3994 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
3995 "Not a function declarator!");
3996 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
3997
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00003998 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
3999 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004000
4001 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4002 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4003 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4004 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4005 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4006 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4007 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004008 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004009 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4010 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004011 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4012 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004013 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004014 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
4015
4016 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4017 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4018 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4019 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4020 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004021}
4022
4023/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4024/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4025void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4026 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4027 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
4028
4029 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4030 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4031
4032 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
4033
4034}
4035
4036/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4037/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4038Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4039 Scope *CurScope) {
4040 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4041 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
4042 llvm::OwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
4043
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004044 PopDeclContext();
4045
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004046 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4047 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4048
4049 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4050 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4051 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
4052
4053 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4054 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4055 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
4056
4057 QualType BlockTy;
4058 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
4059 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionTypeNoProto(RetTy);
4060 else
4061 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004062 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004063
4064 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Steve Naroff9ac456d2008-10-08 17:01:13 +00004065
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004066 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
4067 return new BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004068}
4069
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004070/// ExprsMatchFnType - return true if the Exprs in array Args have
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004071/// QualTypes that match the QualTypes of the arguments of the FnType.
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004072/// The number of arguments has already been validated to match the number of
4073/// arguments in FnType.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004074static bool ExprsMatchFnType(Expr **Args, const FunctionTypeProto *FnType,
4075 ASTContext &Context) {
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004076 unsigned NumParams = FnType->getNumArgs();
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004077 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004078 QualType ExprTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Args[i]->getType());
4079 QualType ParmTy = Context.getCanonicalType(FnType->getArgType(i));
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004080
4081 if (ExprTy.getUnqualifiedType() != ParmTy.getUnqualifiedType())
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004082 return false;
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004083 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004084 return true;
4085}
4086
4087Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnOverloadExpr(ExprTy **args, unsigned NumArgs,
4088 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4089 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4090 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004091 // __builtin_overload requires at least 2 arguments
4092 if (NumArgs < 2)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004093 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4094 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004095
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004096 // The first argument is required to be a constant expression. It tells us
4097 // the number of arguments to pass to each of the functions to be overloaded.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004098 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004099 Expr *NParamsExpr = Args[0];
4100 llvm::APSInt constEval(32);
4101 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4102 if (!NParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(constEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004103 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4104 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004105
4106 // Verify that the number of parameters is > 0
4107 unsigned NumParams = constEval.getZExtValue();
4108 if (NumParams == 0)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004109 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4110 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004111 // Verify that we have at least 1 + NumParams arguments to the builtin.
4112 if ((NumParams + 1) > NumArgs)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004113 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4114 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004115
4116 // Figure out the return type, by matching the args to one of the functions
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004117 // listed after the parameters.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004118 OverloadExpr *OE = 0;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004119 for (unsigned i = NumParams + 1; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4120 // UsualUnaryConversions will convert the function DeclRefExpr into a
4121 // pointer to function.
4122 Expr *Fn = UsualUnaryConversions(Args[i]);
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004123 const FunctionTypeProto *FnType = 0;
4124 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType())
4125 FnType = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionTypeProto();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004126
4127 // The Expr type must be FunctionTypeProto, since FunctionTypeProto has no
4128 // parameters, and the number of parameters must match the value passed to
4129 // the builtin.
4130 if (!FnType || (FnType->getNumArgs() != NumParams))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004131 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_incorrect_fntype)
4132 << Fn->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004133
4134 // Scan the parameter list for the FunctionType, checking the QualType of
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004135 // each parameter against the QualTypes of the arguments to the builtin.
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004136 // If they match, return a new OverloadExpr.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004137 if (ExprsMatchFnType(Args+1, FnType, Context)) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004138 if (OE)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004139 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_multiple_match)
4140 << OE->getFn()->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004141 // Remember our match, and continue processing the remaining arguments
4142 // to catch any errors.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004143 OE = new OverloadExpr(Args, NumArgs, i,
4144 FnType->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004145 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4146 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004147 }
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004148 // Return the newly created OverloadExpr node, if we succeded in matching
4149 // exactly one of the candidate functions.
4150 if (OE)
4151 return OE;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004152
4153 // If we didn't find a matching function Expr in the __builtin_overload list
4154 // the return an error.
4155 std::string typeNames;
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004156 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
4157 if (i != 0) typeNames += ", ";
4158 typeNames += Args[i+1]->getType().getAsString();
4159 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004160
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004161 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_overload_no_match)
4162 << typeNames << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004163}
4164
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004165Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4166 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004167 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004168 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4169 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4170
4171 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004172
4173 // Get the va_list type
4174 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4175 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4176 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4177 // a pointer for va_arg.
4178 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4179 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004180 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4181 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004182
4183 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004184 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004185 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004186 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004187
4188 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
4189
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004190 return new VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004191}
4192
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004193Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4194 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4195 // pointers on the target.
4196 QualType Ty;
4197 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4198 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4199 else
4200 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4201
4202 return new GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
4203}
4204
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004205bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4206 SourceLocation Loc,
4207 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4208 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4209 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4210 bool isInvalid = false;
4211 unsigned DiagKind;
4212 switch (ConvTy) {
4213 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4214 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004215 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004216 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4217 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004218 case IntToPointer:
4219 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4220 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004221 case IncompatiblePointer:
4222 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4223 break;
4224 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4225 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4226 break;
4227 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004228 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4229 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4230 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4231 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4232 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4233 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4234 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4235 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4236 // C++ semantics.
4237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4238 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4239 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004240 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4241 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004242 case IntToBlockPointer:
4243 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4244 break;
4245 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004246 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004247 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004248 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
4249 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
4250 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4251 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4252 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004253 case Incompatible:
4254 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4255 isInvalid = true;
4256 break;
4257 }
4258
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004259 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4260 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004261 return isInvalid;
4262}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004263
4264bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4265{
4266 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4267
4268 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
4269 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4270 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4271
4272 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4273 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4274 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4275 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4276 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4277 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4278 }
4279
4280 return true;
4281 }
4282
4283 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4284 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4285 E->getSourceRange();
4286
4287 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4288 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4289 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4290 }
4291
4292 if (Result)
4293 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4294 return false;
4295}